ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.100
Committed: Tue Oct 29 12:13:37 2013 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
Changes since 1.99: +104 -95 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.100 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.27 (Pod::Simple 3.28)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41 root 1.100 . ds C`
42     . ds C'
43 root 1.1 'br\}
44     .\"
45 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
46     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
47     .el .ds Aq '
48     .\"
49 root 1.1 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
50 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
51 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
52     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
53 root 1.100 .\"
54     .\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'.
55     .de IX
56 root 1.1 ..
57 root 1.100 .nr rF 0
58     .if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1
59     .if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{
60     . if \nF \{
61     . de IX
62     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
63 root 1.60 ..
64 root 1.100 . if !\nF==2 \{
65     . nr % 0
66     . nr F 2
67     . \}
68     . \}
69 root 1.60 .\}
70 root 1.100 .rr rF
71 root 1.1 .\"
72     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
73     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
74     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
75     .if n \{\
76     . ds #H 0
77     . ds #V .8m
78     . ds #F .3m
79     . ds #[ \f1
80     . ds #] \fP
81     .\}
82     .if t \{\
83     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
84     . ds #V .6m
85     . ds #F 0
86     . ds #[ \&
87     . ds #] \&
88     .\}
89     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
90     .if n \{\
91     . ds ' \&
92     . ds ` \&
93     . ds ^ \&
94     . ds , \&
95     . ds ~ ~
96     . ds /
97     .\}
98     .if t \{\
99     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
100     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
101     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
102     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
103     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
104     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
105     .\}
106     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
107     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
108     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
109     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
110     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
111     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
112     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
113     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
114     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
115     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
116     . \" corrections for vroff
117     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
118     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
119     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
120     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
121     \{\
122     . ds : e
123     . ds 8 ss
124     . ds o a
125     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
126     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
127     . ds th \o'bp'
128     . ds Th \o'LP'
129     . ds ae ae
130     . ds Ae AE
131     .\}
132     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
133     .\" ========================================================================
134     .\"
135 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
136 root 1.100 .TH LIBEV 3 "2013-10-29" "libev-4.15" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
137 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
138     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
139     .if n .ad l
140     .nh
141 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
142     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
143     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
144     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
145 root 1.28 .Vb 1
146 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
147 root 1.28 .Ve
148 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\s0"
149 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
150 root 1.61 .Vb 2
151 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
152     \& #include <ev.h>
153 root 1.60 \&
154 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
155     \&
156 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
157 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
158 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
159     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
160     \&
161     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
162     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
163     \& static void
164 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
165 root 1.68 \& {
166     \& puts ("stdin ready");
167     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
168     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
169     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
170     \&
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
176     \& static void
177 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
178 root 1.68 \& {
179     \& puts ("timeout");
180 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
181     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
182 root 1.68 \& }
183     \&
184     \& int
185     \& main (void)
186     \& {
187     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
188 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
189 root 1.68 \&
190     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
191     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
192     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
193     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
194     \&
195     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
196     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
197     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
198     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
199     \&
200     \& // now wait for events to arrive
201 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
202 root 1.68 \&
203 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
204 root 1.68 \& return 0;
205     \& }
206 root 1.27 .Ve
207 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
208     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
209     This document documents the libev software package.
210     .PP
211 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
212 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
213 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
214 root 1.39 .PP
215 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
216     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
217     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
218     with libev.
219     .PP
220 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
221 root 1.78 throughout this document.
222 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
223     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
224     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
225     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
226 root 1.100 reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY OF A WATCHER\*(R"\s0, then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\*(R"\s0 above and
227     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL FUNCTIONS\*(R"\s0 and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
228     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER TYPES\*(R"\s0.
229 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
230     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
231 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
232 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
233 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
234     .PP
235     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
236     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
237     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
238     .PP
239     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
240     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
241     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
242     watcher.
243 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
244 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
245 root 1.31 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR, the
246     BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
247     for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR interface
248 root 1.80 (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
249     inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
250     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
251     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
252     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
253     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
254     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
255     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
256 root 1.28 .PP
257     It also is quite fast (see this
258 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
259 root 1.28 for example).
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
262 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
263     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
264     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
265     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
266     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
267 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
268 root 1.61 this argument.
269 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1TIME REPRESENTATION\s0"
270 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
271 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
272 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
273     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
274     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
275     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
276     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
277     .PP
278     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
279     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
280 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
281     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
282     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
283     and internal errors (bugs).
284     .PP
285     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
286 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
287 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
288     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
289     ()\*(C'\fR.
290     .PP
291     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
292     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
293     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
294     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
295     .PP
296     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
297     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
298     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
299 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
300     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
301     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
302     library in any way.
303     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
304     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
305 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
306     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
307 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
308 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
309 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
310     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
311 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
312     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
313     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
314     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
315     .Sp
316     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
317     .Sp
318     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
319     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
320 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
321     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
322     .PD 0
323     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
324     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
325     .PD
326 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
327 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
328     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
329     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
330     version of the library your program was compiled against.
331     .Sp
332 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
333     release version.
334 root 1.47 .Sp
335 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
336 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
337 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
338     not a problem.
339 root 1.9 .Sp
340 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
341 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
342     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
343 root 1.9 .Sp
344     .Vb 3
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
346     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
347     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
348 root 1.9 .Ve
349 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
350     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
351     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
352     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
353     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
354     a description of the set values.
355 root 1.9 .Sp
356     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
357     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
358     .Sp
359     .Vb 2
360 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
361     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
362 root 1.9 .Ve
363 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
364     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
365 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
366     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
367     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
368     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
369     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
370     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
371     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
372 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
373     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
374     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
375 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
376     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
377     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
378     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
379 root 1.10 .Sp
380     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
381 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
382     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
383 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
384 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
385     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
386     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
387     or take some potentially destructive action.
388     .Sp
389     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
390     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
391     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
392 root 1.1 .Sp
393     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
394     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
395     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
396 root 1.9 .Sp
397 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
398 root 1.64 retries (example requires a standards-compliant \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR).
399 root 1.9 .Sp
400     .Vb 6
401     \& static void *
402 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
403 root 1.9 \& {
404     \& for (;;)
405     \& {
406     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
407 root 1.60 \&
408 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
409     \& return newptr;
410 root 1.60 \&
411 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
412     \& }
413     \& }
414 root 1.60 \&
415 root 1.9 \& ...
416     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
417     .Ve
418 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
419     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
420 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
421 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
422     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
423 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
424 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
425     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
426     (such as abort).
427 root 1.9 .Sp
428 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
429 root 1.9 .Sp
430     .Vb 6
431     \& static void
432     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
433     \& {
434     \& perror (msg);
435     \& abort ();
436     \& }
437 root 1.60 \&
438 root 1.9 \& ...
439     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
440     .Ve
441 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
442     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
443     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
444     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
445     handlers or random threads.
446     .Sp
447     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
448     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
449     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
450     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
451     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
452     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
453 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
454     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
455     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
456     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
457     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
458 root 1.73 .PP
459     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
460 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
461     do not.
462 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
463     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
464 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
465     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
466     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
467     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
468     .Sp
469     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
470     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
471     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
472     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
473     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
474 root 1.1 .Sp
475     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
476 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
477 root 1.1 .Sp
478 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
479 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
480     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
481     threads anyway).
482     .Sp
483     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
484     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
485     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
486     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
487     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
488     .Sp
489     Example: This is the most typical usage.
490     .Sp
491     .Vb 2
492     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
493     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
494     .Ve
495     .Sp
496     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
497     environment settings to be taken into account:
498     .Sp
499     .Vb 1
500     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
501     .Ve
502     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
503     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
504     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
505     could not be initialised, returns false.
506 root 1.63 .Sp
507 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
508     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
509     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
510 root 1.60 .Sp
511 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
512 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
513 root 1.1 .Sp
514 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
515 root 1.1 .RS 4
516     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
517     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
518     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
519     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
520     thing, believe me).
521     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
522     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
523     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
524 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
525 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
526     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
527     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
528 root 1.99 useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, to work
529     around bugs, or to make libev threadsafe (accessing environment variables
530     cannot be done in a threadsafe way, but usually it works if no other
531     thread modifies them).
532 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
533     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
534     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
535 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
536     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
537 root 1.35 .Sp
538     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
539     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
540 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
541 root 1.61 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn sequence
542 root 1.68 without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux system also has
543 root 1.35 \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster).
544     .Sp
545     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
546     forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking) when you use this
547     flag.
548     .Sp
549 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
550 root 1.35 environment variable.
551 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
552     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
553     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
554     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
555 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
556 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
557     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
558 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
559     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
560     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
561     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
562 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
563 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
564     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
565     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
566     threads that are not interested in handling them.
567     .Sp
568     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
569     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
570     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
571 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
572     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
573     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
574     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
575 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
576 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
577     .Sp
578     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
579     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
580     unblocking the signals.
581     .Sp
582 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
583     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
584     .Sp
585 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
586 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
587     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
588 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
589 root 1.3 This is your standard \fIselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
590     libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
591     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
592 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
593 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
594 root 1.58 .Sp
595     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
596 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
597 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
598     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
599     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
600 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
601 root 1.71 .Sp
602     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
603     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
604     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
605 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
606     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
607 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
608 root 1.58 And this is your standard \fIpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
609     than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
610     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
611     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
612     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
613     performance tips.
614 root 1.71 .Sp
615     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
616     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
617 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
618     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
619 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
620 root 1.81 Use the linux-specific \fIepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
621     kernels).
622     .Sp
623 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
624     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
625     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
626     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
627 root 1.73 .Sp
628     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
629     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
630     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
631 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
632     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
633     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
634     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
635     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
636     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
637     and is of course hard to detect.
638 root 1.73 .Sp
639 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
640     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
641     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
642     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
643     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
644     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
645     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
646     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
647     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
648     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
649 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
650     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
651 root 1.3 .Sp
652 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
653     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
654     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
655 root 1.84 .Sp
656 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
657 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
658     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
659     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
660     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
661     file descriptors.
662 root 1.58 .Sp
663     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
664 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
665     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
666     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
667 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
668     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
669     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
670 root 1.58 .Sp
671 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
672     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
673     the usage. So sad.
674     .Sp
675 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
676 root 1.58 all kernel versions tested so far.
677 root 1.71 .Sp
678     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
679     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
680 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
681     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
682 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
683 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
684     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
685     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
686     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
687     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
688     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
689     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
690     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
691     system like NetBSD.
692 root 1.3 .Sp
693 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
694     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
695     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
696     .Sp
697 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
698 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
699     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
700 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
701 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
702     might have to leak fd's on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
703 root 1.97 drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases.
704 root 1.58 .Sp
705     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
706     .Sp
707     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
708     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
709     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
710     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
711 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
712 root 1.100 also broken on \s-1OS X\s0)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
713 root 1.71 .Sp
714     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
715     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
716     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
717 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
718     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
719     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
720 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
721     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
722     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
723     immensely.
724 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
725     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
726 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
727 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
728 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
729 root 1.7 .Sp
730 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
731     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
732     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
733     might perform better.
734 root 1.60 .Sp
735 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
736     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
737     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
738     hacks).
739     .Sp
740     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
741     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
742 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
743 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
744 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
745     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
746     to re-arm the watcher.
747 root 1.85 .Sp
748     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
749 root 1.71 .Sp
750     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
751     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
752 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
753     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
754     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
755 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
756     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
757 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
758 root 1.58 .Sp
759 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
760     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
761     at all.
762     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
763     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
764     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
765     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
766     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
767     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
768 root 1.1 .RE
769     .RS 4
770 root 1.3 .Sp
771 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
772     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
773     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
774     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
775 root 1.8 .Sp
776 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
777 root 1.8 .Sp
778 root 1.82 .Vb 3
779     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
780     \& if (!epoller)
781     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
782 root 1.8 .Ve
783     .Sp
784 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
785 root 1.82 used if available.
786 root 1.8 .Sp
787     .Vb 1
788 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
789 root 1.8 .Ve
790 root 1.1 .RE
791 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
792     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
793     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
794 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
795     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
796 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
797 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
798 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
799 root 1.12 for example).
800 root 1.52 .Sp
801 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
802     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
803     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
804 root 1.52 .Sp
805 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
806     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
807     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
808     .Sp
809     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
810 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
811 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
812     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
813     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
814     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
815     This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations to
816     reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite the
817 root 1.60 name, you can call it anytime, but it makes most sense after forking, in
818 root 1.82 the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the
819     child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
820     .Sp
821 root 1.100 Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
822 root 1.82 a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
823     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
824     during fork.
825 root 1.60 .Sp
826     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
827 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
828     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
829     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
830     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
831     costly reset of the backend).
832 root 1.1 .Sp
833     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
834 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
835     .Sp
836     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
837     using pthreads.
838 root 1.1 .Sp
839 root 1.82 .Vb 5
840     \& static void
841     \& post_fork_child (void)
842     \& {
843     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
844     \& }
845     \&
846     \& ...
847     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
848 root 1.1 .Ve
849 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
850     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
851 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
852     otherwise.
853 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
854     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
855     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
856     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
857     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
858 root 1.37 .Sp
859     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
860     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
861 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
862     prepare and check phases.
863     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
864     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
865     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
866 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
867 root 1.79 .Sp
868 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
869     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
870 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
871     .Sp
872 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
873     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
874     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
875     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
876 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
877     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
878     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
879 root 1.1 use.
880     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
881     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
882     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
883 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
884     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
885     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
886 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
887 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
888     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
889     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
890     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
891 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
892 root 1.71 .Sp
893     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
894     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
895     the current time is a good idea.
896     .Sp
897     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
898 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
899     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
900     .PD 0
901     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
902     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
903     .PD
904 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
905     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
906 root 1.78 .Sp
907     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
908     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
909     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
910     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
911     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
912     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
913     .Sp
914     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
915     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
916     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
917 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
918 root 1.78 .Sp
919     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
920     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
921     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
922     .Sp
923     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
924     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
925 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
926     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
927 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
928 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
929 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
930 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
931 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
932 root 1.1 .Sp
933 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
934     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
935     called.
936 root 1.1 .Sp
937 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
938     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
939     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
940     .Sp
941 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
942 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
943 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
944     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
945     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
946     beauty.
947 root 1.9 .Sp
948 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
949     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
950 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
951     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
952     .Sp
953 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
954     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
955     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
956     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
957     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
958 root 1.1 .Sp
959 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
960 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
961     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
962 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
963 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
964     iteration of the loop.
965     .Sp
966     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
967     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
968 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
969 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
970     .Sp
971 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
972     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
973     future versions):
974 root 1.8 .Sp
975 root 1.60 .Vb 10
976 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
977     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
978 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
979 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
980     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
981 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
982 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
983 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
984 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
985     \& as to not disturb the other process.
986 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
987 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
988 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
989 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
990 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
991     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
992 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
993 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
994     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
995 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
996     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
997     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
998 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
999 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
1000     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
1001 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
1002     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
1003 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
1004     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
1005     \& continue with step LOOP.
1006     \& FINISH:
1007     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
1008     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
1009     \& \- Return.
1010 root 1.2 .Ve
1011 root 1.9 .Sp
1012 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1013 root 1.9 anymore.
1014     .Sp
1015     .Vb 4
1016     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1017     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1018 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1019 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1020 root 1.9 .Ve
1021 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1022     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1023     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1024 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1025 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1026     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1027 root 1.60 .Sp
1028 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1029 root 1.72 .Sp
1030 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1031     which case it will have no effect.
1032 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1033     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1034     .PD 0
1035     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1036     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1037     .PD
1038     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1039     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1040 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1041 root 1.71 .Sp
1042 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1043 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1044 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1045     before stopping it.
1046 root 1.71 .Sp
1047 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1048 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1049 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1050     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1051     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1052     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1053     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1054     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1055     in the callback).
1056 root 1.9 .Sp
1057 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1058 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1059     .Sp
1060     .Vb 4
1061 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1062 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1063     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1064 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1065 root 1.9 .Ve
1066     .Sp
1067 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1068 root 1.9 .Sp
1069     .Vb 2
1070 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1071     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1072 root 1.9 .Ve
1073 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1074     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1075 root 1.56 .PD 0
1076 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1077     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1078 root 1.56 .PD
1079     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1080 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1081     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1082     latency.
1083 root 1.56 .Sp
1084     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1085 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1086     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1087     opportunities).
1088     .Sp
1089     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1090     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1091     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1092 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1093     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1094     .Sp
1095     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1096     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1097     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1098 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1099 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1100     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1101 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1102     good enough).
1103 root 1.56 .Sp
1104     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1105     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1106 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1107     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1108     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1109 root 1.56 .Sp
1110 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1111 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1112     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1113     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1114 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1115     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1116     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1117     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1118 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1119 root 1.71 .Sp
1120     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1121     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1122     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1123     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1124     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1125     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1126 root 1.79 .Sp
1127     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1128     more often than 100 times per second:
1129     .Sp
1130     .Vb 2
1131     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1132     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1133     .Ve
1134     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1135     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1136     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1137 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1138     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1139     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1140     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1141     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1142     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1143 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1144     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1145     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1146     are pending.
1147     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1148     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1149     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1150 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1151 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1152     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1153     .Sp
1154     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1155     callback.
1156 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1157     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1158 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1159     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1160     each call to a libev function.
1161     .Sp
1162 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1163     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1164 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1165 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1166 root 1.79 .Sp
1167     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1168     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1169     afterwards.
1170     .Sp
1171     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1172     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1173     .Sp
1174     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1175     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1176     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1177     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1178 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1179 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1180     .Sp
1181 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1182 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1183     .Sp
1184     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1185     document.
1186     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1187     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1188     .PD 0
1189 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1190     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1191 root 1.79 .PD
1192     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1193     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1194 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1195 root 1.79 .Sp
1196     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1197     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1198     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1199     any other purpose as well.
1200 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1201     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1202 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1203 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1204 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1205     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1206     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1207 root 1.67 .Sp
1208     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1209     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1210     data structures consistent.
1211 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1212     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1213 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1214     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1215     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1216     .PP
1217 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1218     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1219     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1220     for that:
1221 root 1.1 .PP
1222     .Vb 5
1223 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1224 root 1.68 \& {
1225     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1226 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1227 root 1.68 \& }
1228     \&
1229     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1230 root 1.73 \&
1231     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1232     \&
1233 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1234     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1235     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1236 root 1.73 \&
1237 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1238 root 1.1 .Ve
1239     .PP
1240     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1241 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1242     stack).
1243     .PP
1244     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1245     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1246 root 1.1 .PP
1247 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1248     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1249     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1250     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1251     and/or writable).
1252 root 1.1 .PP
1253 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1254     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1255     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1256 root 1.1 .PP
1257     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1258 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1259 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1260 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1261 root 1.1 .PP
1262     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1263     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1264 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1265 root 1.1 .PP
1266     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1267     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1268     third argument.
1269     .PP
1270     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1271     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1272     are:
1273     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1274     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1275     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1276     .PD 0
1277     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1278     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1279     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1280     .PD
1281     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1282     writable.
1283 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1284     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1285     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1286 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1287     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1288     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1289     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1290     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1291     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1292     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1293     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1294     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1295     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1296     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1297     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1298     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1299 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1300     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1301     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1302     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1303 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1304     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1305     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1306     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1307     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1308     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1309     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1310     .PD 0
1311     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1312     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1313     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1314     .PD
1315 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1316     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1317     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1318     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1319     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1320     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1321     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1322     .Sp
1323     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1324     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1325     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1326     blocking).
1327 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1328     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1329     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1330     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1331     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1332     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1333     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1334     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1335     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1336 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1337     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1338     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1339     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1340 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1341     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1342     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1343     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1344 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1345     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1346     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1347     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1348     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1349 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1350     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1351     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1352 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1353 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1354     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1355 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1356     .Sp
1357     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1358     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1359     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1360     bug in your program.
1361 root 1.1 .Sp
1362 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1363     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1364     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1365     the error from \fIread()\fR or \fIwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1366     programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1367     thing, so beware.
1368 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS\s0"
1369 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1370 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1371     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1372     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1373     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1374     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1375     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1376     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1377     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1378     which rolls both calls into one.
1379     .Sp
1380     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1381     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1382     .Sp
1383 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1384 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1385 root 1.71 .Sp
1386     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1387     .Sp
1388     .Vb 3
1389     \& ev_io w;
1390     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1391     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1392     .Ve
1393 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1394     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1395     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1396 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1397     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1398     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1399     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1400     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1401     .Sp
1402     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1403     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1404 root 1.71 .Sp
1405     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1406 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1407     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1408     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1409 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1410     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1411 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1412 root 1.71 .Sp
1413     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1414     .Sp
1415     .Vb 1
1416     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1417     .Ve
1418 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1419     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1420     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1421 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1422     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1423 root 1.71 .Sp
1424     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1425     whole section.
1426     .Sp
1427     .Vb 1
1428     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1429     .Ve
1430 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1431     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1432     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1433 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1434     the watcher was active or not).
1435     .Sp
1436     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1437     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1438     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1439     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1440     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1441 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1442     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1443     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1444     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1445     it.
1446     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1447     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1448     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1449     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1450     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1451 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1452     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1453     it).
1454 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1455     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1456 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1457 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1458     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1459 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1460     (modulo threads).
1461 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1462     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1463 root 1.37 .PD 0
1464     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1465     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1466     .PD
1467     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1468     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1469     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1470     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1471     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1472     .Sp
1473     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1474     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1475     .Sp
1476 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1477     pending.
1478     .Sp
1479 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1480     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1481     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1482     .Sp
1483 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1484     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1485     .Sp
1486 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\*(R"\s0, below, for a more thorough treatment of
1487 root 1.78 priorities.
1488 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1489     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1490     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1491     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1492 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1493     callback.
1494 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1495     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1496 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1497     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1498 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1499 root 1.71 .Sp
1500     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1501     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1502 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1503     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1504     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1505     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1506     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1507     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1508     .Sp
1509     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1510     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1511     not started in the first place.
1512     .Sp
1513     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1514     functions that do not need a watcher.
1515 root 1.1 .PP
1516 root 1.100 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\*(R"\s0 and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING YOUR
1517     OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\*(R"\s0 idioms.
1518     .SS "\s-1WATCHER STATES\s0"
1519 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1520     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1521     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1522     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1523     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1524 root 1.97 .IP "initialised" 4
1525     .IX Item "initialised"
1526 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1527 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1528     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1529     .Sp
1530 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1531     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1532     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1533     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1534 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1535     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1536     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1537     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1538     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1539     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1540     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1541     .IP "pending" 4
1542     .IX Item "pending"
1543     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1544     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1545     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1546     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1547     callback.
1548     .Sp
1549     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1550     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1551     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1552     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1553     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1554     previous item still apply.
1555     .Sp
1556     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1557     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1558     active.
1559     .IP "stopped" 4
1560     .IX Item "stopped"
1561     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1562     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1563     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1564     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1565     freeing it is often a good idea.
1566     .Sp
1567     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1568 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1569     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1570     it again).
1571 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\s0"
1572 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1573     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1574     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1575     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1576     .PP
1577     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1578     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1579     range.
1580     .PP
1581     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1582     by event loops:
1583     .PP
1584     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1585     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1586     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1587     .PP
1588     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1589     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1590     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1591     before polling for new events.
1592     .PP
1593     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1594     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1595     .PP
1596     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1597     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1598     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1599     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1600     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1601     priority ones.
1602     .PP
1603     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1604     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1605     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1606     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1607     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1608     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1609     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1610     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1611     always, what you want).
1612     .PP
1613     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1614     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1615     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1616     required.
1617     .PP
1618     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1619     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1620     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1621     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1622 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1623 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1624     workable.
1625     .PP
1626     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1627     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1628     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1629     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1630     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1631     .PP
1632     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1633     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1634     other events are pending:
1635     .PP
1636     .Vb 2
1637     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1638     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1639     \&
1640     \& static void
1641     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1642     \& {
1643     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1644     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1645     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1646     \&
1647 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1648 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1649     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1650     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1651     \& }
1652     \&
1653     \& static void
1654 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1655 root 1.78 \& {
1656     \& // actual processing
1657     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1658     \&
1659     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1660     \& // we have handled the event
1661     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1662     \& }
1663     \&
1664     \& // initialisation
1665     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1666     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1667     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1668     .Ve
1669     .PP
1670     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1671     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1672     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1673     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1674     important ones.
1675 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1676     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1677     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1678 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1679     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1680     .PP
1681     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1682     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1683     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1684     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1685     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1686     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1687     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1688     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1689 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1690     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1691 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1692 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1693 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1694     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1695     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1696     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1697     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1698     receive future events.
1699 root 1.1 .PP
1700     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1701     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1702     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1703     required if you know what you are doing).
1704     .PP
1705 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1706 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1707 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1708 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1709     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1710     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1711     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1712 root 1.17 .PP
1713 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1714     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1715     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1716 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1717     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1718 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1719     indefinitely.
1720     .PP
1721     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1722 root 1.49 .PP
1723     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1724     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1725     .PP
1726 root 1.54 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
1727 root 1.71 descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other means,
1728     such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some file
1729 root 1.49 descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
1730     this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
1731     registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
1732     fact, a different file descriptor.
1733     .PP
1734     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1735     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1736     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1737     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1738     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1739     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1740     .PP
1741     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1742     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1743     optimisations to libev.
1744 root 1.50 .PP
1745 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1746     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1747 root 1.54 .PP
1748     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1749 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1750     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1751     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1752 root 1.54 .PP
1753 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1754     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1755 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1756     .PP
1757 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1758     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1759     .PP
1760     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1761     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1762     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1763     .PP
1764     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1765     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1766     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1767     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1768     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1769     .PP
1770     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1771     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1772     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1773     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1774     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1775     .PP
1776     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1777     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1778     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1779 root 1.100 convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT,\s0 which is
1780 root 1.85 usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1781     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1782     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1783     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1784     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1785     .PP
1786     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1787 root 1.100 libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT,\s0 or
1788 root 1.85 when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1789     reuse the same code path.
1790     .PP
1791 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1792     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1793     .PP
1794     Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR at all or exhibit
1795     useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
1796 root 1.85 it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the child.
1797 root 1.54 .PP
1798 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1799     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1800     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1801 root 1.54 .PP
1802 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1803     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1804     .PP
1805 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1806     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1807 root 1.100 sent a \s-1SIGPIPE,\s0 which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1808 root 1.71 this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1809 root 1.63 .PP
1810     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1811 root 1.100 ignore \s-1SIGPIPE \s0(and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1812 root 1.63 somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1813     .PP
1814 root 1.82 \fIThe special problem of \fIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1815     .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1816     .PP
1817 root 1.100 Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX \s0\f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1818 root 1.82 found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1819     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1820     .PP
1821     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1822     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1823     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1824     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1825     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1826     .PP
1827     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1828     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1829     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1830     cope with overload is known (to me).
1831     .PP
1832     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1833     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1834     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1835     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1836     .PP
1837     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1838     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1839     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1840     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1841     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1842     usage.
1843     .PP
1844     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1845     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1846     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1847     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1848     clients under typical overload conditions.
1849     .PP
1850     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1851     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1852     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1853     .PP
1854 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1855     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1856 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1857     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1858     .PD 0
1859     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1860     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1861     .PD
1862 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1863 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1864     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1865 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1866     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1867     The file descriptor being watched.
1868     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1869     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1870     The events being watched.
1871 root 1.9 .PP
1872 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1873     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1874     .PP
1875 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1876 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1877 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1878 root 1.9 .PP
1879     .Vb 6
1880 root 1.68 \& static void
1881 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1882 root 1.68 \& {
1883     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1884 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1885 root 1.68 \& }
1886     \&
1887     \& ...
1888     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1889 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1890 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1891     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1892 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1893 root 1.9 .Ve
1894 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1895     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1896 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1897 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1898     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1899     .PP
1900     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1901 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1902 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1903 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1904 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1905     .PP
1906 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1907 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1908 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1909     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1910     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1911     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1912     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1913 root 1.71 .PP
1914 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1915     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1916     .PP
1917     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1918     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1919     you want to raise some error after a while.
1920     .PP
1921     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1922     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1923     .PP
1924     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1925     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1926     data or other life sign was received).
1927     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1928     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1929     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1930     start the watcher:
1931     .Sp
1932     .Vb 2
1933     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
1934     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1935     .Ve
1936     .Sp
1937     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
1938     and start it again:
1939     .Sp
1940     .Vb 3
1941     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
1942     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
1943     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1944     .Ve
1945     .Sp
1946     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
1947     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
1948     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
1949     still not a constant-time operation.
1950     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
1951     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
1952     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
1953     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
1954     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
1955     .Sp
1956     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
1957     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
1958     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
1959     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
1960     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
1961     .Sp
1962     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
1963     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
1964     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
1965     .Sp
1966     At start:
1967     .Sp
1968     .Vb 3
1969 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
1970 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
1971     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1972     .Ve
1973     .Sp
1974     Each time there is some activity:
1975     .Sp
1976     .Vb 1
1977     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1978     .Ve
1979     .Sp
1980     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
1981     whether the watcher is active or not:
1982     .Sp
1983     .Vb 2
1984     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
1985     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1986     .Ve
1987     .Sp
1988     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
1989     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
1990     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
1991     .Sp
1992     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
1993     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
1994     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
1995     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
1996     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
1997     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
1998     associated activity resets.
1999     .Sp
2000     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
2001     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
2002     within the callback:
2003     .Sp
2004 root 1.88 .Vb 3
2005     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
2006 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
2007 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
2008 root 1.73 \&
2009     \& static void
2010     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2011     \& {
2012 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2013     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2014 root 1.73 \&
2015 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2016 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2017 root 1.73 \& {
2018 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2019 root 1.73 \& }
2020     \& else
2021     \& {
2022 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2023     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2024     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2025     \& // the timeout can occur.
2026     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2027     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2028 root 1.73 \& }
2029     \& }
2030     .Ve
2031     .Sp
2032 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2033     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2034     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2035     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2036     .Sp
2037     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2038     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2039     .Sp
2040     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2041     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2042     .Sp
2043     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2044 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2045 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2046 root 1.73 .Sp
2047     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2048     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2049     libev to change the timeout.
2050     .Sp
2051 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2052     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2053     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2054     the timer:
2055 root 1.73 .Sp
2056     .Vb 3
2057 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2058     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2059     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2060 root 1.73 .Ve
2061     .Sp
2062 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2063 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2064     .Sp
2065 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2066     \& if (activity detected)
2067     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2068     .Ve
2069     .Sp
2070     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2071     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2072 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2073 root 1.88 .Sp
2074     .Vb 3
2075     \& timeout = new_value;
2076     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2077     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2078 root 1.73 .Ve
2079     .Sp
2080     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2081     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2082     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2083     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2084     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2085     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2086     do even better:
2087     .Sp
2088     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2089     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2090     .Sp
2091     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2092     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2093     .Sp
2094     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2095     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2096     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2097     .Sp
2098     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2099     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2100     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2101     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2102     .PP
2103     So which method the best?
2104     .PP
2105     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2106     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2107     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2108     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2109     .PP
2110     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2111     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2112     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2113     overkill :)
2114     .PP
2115 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2116     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2117     .PP
2118     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2119     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2120     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2121     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2122     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2123     .PP
2124     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2125     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2126     .PP
2127     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2128     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2129     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2130     expect.
2131     .PP
2132     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2133     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2134     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2135     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2136     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2137     .PP
2138     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2139     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2140     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2141     intentions.
2142     .PP
2143     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2144     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2145     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2146     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2147     .PP
2148     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2149     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2150     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2151     late\*(R" side of things.
2152     .PP
2153 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2154     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2155     .PP
2156 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2157     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2158 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2159 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2160     lots of events in one iteration.
2161     .PP
2162 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2163     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2164 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2165 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2166     timeout on the current time, use something like this to adjust for this:
2167 root 1.1 .PP
2168     .Vb 1
2169 root 1.60 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + ev_now () \- ev_time (), 0.);
2170 root 1.1 .Ve
2171 root 1.2 .PP
2172 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2173     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2174     ()\*(C'\fR.
2175 root 1.50 .PP
2176 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2177     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2178     .PP
2179     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2180     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2181     jumps).
2182     .PP
2183     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2184     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2185     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2186     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2187     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2188     .PP
2189     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2190     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2191     a second or so.
2192     .PP
2193     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2194     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2195     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2196     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2197     .PP
2198     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2199     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2200     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2201     .PP
2202     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2203     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2204     exactly the right behaviour.
2205     .PP
2206     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2207     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2208     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2209     .PP
2210 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2211     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2212     .PP
2213     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2214     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2215     .PP
2216     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2217     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2218     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2219     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2220     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2221     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2222     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2223     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2224     be adjusted accordingly.
2225     .PP
2226     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2227     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2228     .PP
2229     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2230     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2231     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2232     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2233     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2234     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2235     .PP
2236     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2237     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2238     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2239     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2240     .PP
2241 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2242     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2243 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2244     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2245     .PD 0
2246     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2247     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2248     .PD
2249 root 1.67 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds. If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2250     is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will automatically be stopped once the timeout is
2251     reached. If it is positive, then the timer will automatically be
2252     configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR seconds later, again, and again,
2253     until stopped manually.
2254     .Sp
2255     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2256     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2257     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2258     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2259     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2260 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2261     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2262 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2263     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2264     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2265 root 1.1 .Sp
2266 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2267     applied to the watcher:
2268     .RS 4
2269     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2270     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2271     .PD 0
2272     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2273     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2274     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2275     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2276     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2277     .RE
2278     .RS 4
2279     .PD
2280 root 1.1 .Sp
2281 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2282     usage example.
2283 root 1.88 .RE
2284 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2285     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2286 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2287     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2288     the timeout value currently configured.
2289     .Sp
2290     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2291 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2292 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2293     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2294     too), and so on.
2295 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2296     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2297     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2298 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2299 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2300 root 1.9 .PP
2301 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2302     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2303     .PP
2304 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2305 root 1.9 .PP
2306     .Vb 5
2307 root 1.68 \& static void
2308 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2309 root 1.68 \& {
2310     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2311     \& }
2312     \&
2313 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2314 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2315     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2316 root 1.9 .Ve
2317     .PP
2318 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2319 root 1.9 inactivity.
2320     .PP
2321     .Vb 5
2322 root 1.68 \& static void
2323 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2324 root 1.68 \& {
2325     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2326     \& }
2327     \&
2328 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2329 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2330     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2331 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2332 root 1.68 \&
2333     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2334     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2335     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2336 root 1.9 .Ve
2337 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2338     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2339 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2340 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2341     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2342     .PP
2343 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2344     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2345     (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calender or clock). The
2346     difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2347     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2348     wrist-watch).
2349     .PP
2350     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2351     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2352     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2353     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2354     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2355     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2356     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2357     .PP
2358     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2359     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2360     other complicated rules. This cannot be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers, as
2361     those cannot react to time jumps.
2362 root 1.2 .PP
2363 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2364 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2365     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2366     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2367 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2368 root 1.50 .PP
2369     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2370     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2371 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2372     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2373 root 1.1 .PD 0
2374 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2375     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2376 root 1.1 .PD
2377 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2378 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2379 root 1.1 .RS 4
2380 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2381 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2382 root 1.60 .Sp
2383 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2384 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2385     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2386     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2387     this point in time.
2388 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2389 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2390 root 1.60 .Sp
2391 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2392 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2393     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2394     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2395 root 1.1 .Sp
2396 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2397 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2398     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2399 root 1.1 .Sp
2400     .Vb 1
2401     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2402     .Ve
2403     .Sp
2404     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2405 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2406 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2407     by 3600.
2408     .Sp
2409     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2410     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2411 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2412 root 1.46 .Sp
2413 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2414     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2415     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2416     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2417     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2418     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2419 root 1.67 .Sp
2420 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2421 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2422 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2423 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2424 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2425 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2426 root 1.60 .Sp
2427 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2428 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2429     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2430     current time as second argument.
2431     .Sp
2432 root 1.100 \&\s-1NOTE: \s0\fIThis callback \s-1MUST NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2433 root 1.78 or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2434     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2435 root 1.67 .Sp
2436     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2437     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2438     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2439 root 1.1 .Sp
2440 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2441 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2442 root 1.1 .Sp
2443 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2444     \& static ev_tstamp
2445     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2446 root 1.1 \& {
2447     \& return now + 60.;
2448     \& }
2449     .Ve
2450     .Sp
2451     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2452     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2453     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2454     might be called at other times, too.
2455     .Sp
2456 root 1.100 \&\s-1NOTE: \s0\fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2457 root 1.67 equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2458 root 1.1 .Sp
2459     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2460 root 1.67 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate the
2461 root 1.1 next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for this. How
2462     you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main
2463     reason I omitted it as an example).
2464     .RE
2465     .RS 4
2466     .RE
2467     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2468     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2469     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2470     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2471     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2472     program when the crontabs have changed).
2473 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2474     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2475 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2476     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2477     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2478     rescheduling modes.
2479 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2480     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2481     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2482 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2483     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2484 root 1.46 .Sp
2485     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2486     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2487 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2488     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2489     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2490     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2491     called.
2492 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2493     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2494 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2495     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2496     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2497 root 1.9 .PP
2498 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2499     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2500     .PP
2501 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2502 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2503 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2504 root 1.9 .PP
2505     .Vb 5
2506 root 1.68 \& static void
2507 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2508 root 1.68 \& {
2509     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2510     \& }
2511     \&
2512 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2513 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2514     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2515 root 1.9 .Ve
2516     .PP
2517 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2518 root 1.9 .PP
2519     .Vb 1
2520 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2521 root 1.60 \&
2522 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2523 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2524 root 1.68 \& {
2525 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2526 root 1.68 \& }
2527 root 1.60 \&
2528 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2529 root 1.9 .Ve
2530     .PP
2531 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2532 root 1.9 .PP
2533     .Vb 4
2534 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2535 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2536     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2537     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2538 root 1.9 .Ve
2539 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2540     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2541 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2542 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2543     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2544 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2545 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2546     .PP
2547 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2548     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2549     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2550     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2551     .PP
2552     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2553     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2554     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2555     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2556     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2557 root 1.71 .PP
2558 root 1.80 When the first watcher gets started will libev actually register something
2559 root 1.71 with the kernel (thus it coexists with your own signal handlers as long as
2560 root 1.80 you don't register any with libev for the same signal).
2561     .PP
2562 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2563 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2564     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2565     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2566     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2567 root 1.61 .PP
2568 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2569     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2570     .PP
2571     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2572     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2573     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2574 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2575     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2576 root 1.81 .PP
2577     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2578     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2579     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2580     certain signals to be blocked.
2581     .PP
2582     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2583     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2584     choice usually).
2585     .PP
2586     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2587     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2588     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2589     .PP
2590     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2591 root 1.100 unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API \s0(\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2592 root 1.81 the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2593     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2594     .PP
2595     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2596     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2597     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2598     .PP
2599 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2600     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2601     .PP
2602     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2603     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2604     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2605     .PP
2606     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2607     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2608     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2609     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2610     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2611     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2612     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2613     .PP
2614 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2615     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2616 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2617     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2618     .PD 0
2619     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2620     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2621     .PD
2622     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2623     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2624 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2625     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2626     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2627 root 1.61 .PP
2628     \fIExamples\fR
2629     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2630     .PP
2631 root 1.100 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT.\s0
2632 root 1.61 .PP
2633     .Vb 5
2634 root 1.68 \& static void
2635 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2636 root 1.68 \& {
2637 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2638 root 1.68 \& }
2639     \&
2640 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2641 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2642 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2643 root 1.61 .Ve
2644 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2645     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2646 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2647 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2648 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2649     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2650     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2651     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2652     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2653 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2654     in the next callback invocation is not.
2655 root 1.61 .PP
2656     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2657 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2658 root 1.61 .PP
2659 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2660     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2661     libev)
2662     .PP
2663 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2664     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2665     .PP
2666     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2667 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2668     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2669 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2670     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2671     children, even ones not watched.
2672     .PP
2673     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2674     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2675     .PP
2676     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2677     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2678     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2679     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2680     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2681     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2682     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2683 root 1.50 .PP
2684 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2685     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2686     .PP
2687     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2688     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2689     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2690 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2691     problem).
2692 root 1.71 .PP
2693 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2694     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2695 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2696     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2697 root 1.1 .PD 0
2698 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2699     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2700 root 1.1 .PD
2701     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2702     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2703     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2704     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2705     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2706 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2707     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2708     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2709 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2710     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2711     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2712     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2713     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2714     The process id that detected a status change.
2715     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2716     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2717     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2718     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2719 root 1.9 .PP
2720 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2721     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2722     .PP
2723 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2724     its completion.
2725 root 1.9 .PP
2726 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2727 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2728 root 1.61 \&
2729 root 1.68 \& static void
2730 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2731 root 1.68 \& {
2732     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2733     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2734     \& }
2735     \&
2736     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2737     \&
2738     \& if (pid < 0)
2739     \& // error
2740     \& else if (pid == 0)
2741     \& {
2742     \& // the forked child executes here
2743     \& exit (1);
2744     \& }
2745     \& else
2746     \& {
2747     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2748     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2749     \& }
2750 root 1.9 .Ve
2751 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2752     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2753 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2754 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2755 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2756 root 1.97 and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback
2757     if it did. Starting the watcher \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR's the file, so only changes that
2758     happen after the watcher has been started will be reported.
2759 root 1.22 .PP
2760     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2761 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2762     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2763     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2764     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2765     contents.
2766 root 1.22 .PP
2767 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2768     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2769     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2770     .PP
2771     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2772     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2773     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2774     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2775     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2776     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2777     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2778     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2779 root 1.22 .PP
2780     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2781     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2782 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2783 root 1.22 .PP
2784 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2785 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2786     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2787     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2788 root 1.50 .PP
2789 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2790     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2791     .PP
2792     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2793 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2794     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2795 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2796     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2797     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2798 root 1.100 obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI,\s0 but the problem is
2799 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2800 root 1.69 .PP
2801     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2802     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2803     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2804     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2805     default compilation environment.
2806 root 1.63 .PP
2807 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2808     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2809 root 1.59 .PP
2810 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2811     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2812     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2813     watcher is being started.
2814 root 1.59 .PP
2815 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2816 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2817 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2818 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2819 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2820     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2821     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2822     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2823 root 1.59 .PP
2824 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2825 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2826 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2827     etc. is difficult.
2828 root 1.59 .PP
2829 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2830     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2831     .PP
2832     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2833     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2834     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2835     .PP
2836     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2837     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2838 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2839 root 1.74 watcher).
2840     .PP
2841     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2842     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2843     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2844     .PP
2845     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2846     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2847     .PP
2848 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2849     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2850     .PP
2851 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2852     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2853     still only support whole seconds.
2854 root 1.59 .PP
2855 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2856     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2857     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2858 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2859     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2860 root 1.65 .PP
2861     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2862 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2863 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2864     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2865     .PP
2866     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2867     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2868     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2869     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2870     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2871     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2872     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2873     the timer callback).
2874 root 1.59 .PP
2875 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2876     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2877 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2878     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2879     .PD 0
2880     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2881     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2882     .PD
2883     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2884     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2885     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2886     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2887     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2888     .Sp
2889 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2890     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2891     last change was detected).
2892 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2893     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2894 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2895 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2896     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2897     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2898     new values.
2899 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2900     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2901 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2902 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2903 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2904     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2905     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2906 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2907     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2908     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
2909 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
2910     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
2911     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
2912 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
2913     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
2914     The specified interval.
2915     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
2916     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
2917 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
2918 root 1.22 .PP
2919 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
2920     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2921     .PP
2922 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
2923     .PP
2924 root 1.60 .Vb 10
2925 root 1.68 \& static void
2926     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
2927     \& {
2928     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
2929     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
2930     \& {
2931     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
2932     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2933     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2934     \& }
2935     \& else
2936     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
2937     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
2938     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
2939     \& }
2940 root 1.60 \&
2941 root 1.68 \& ...
2942     \& ev_stat passwd;
2943 root 1.60 \&
2944 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2945     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2946 root 1.22 .Ve
2947 root 1.59 .PP
2948     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
2949     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
2950     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
2951     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
2952     .PP
2953     .Vb 2
2954 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
2955     \& static ev_timer timer;
2956 root 1.60 \&
2957 root 1.68 \& static void
2958     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2959     \& {
2960     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
2961     \&
2962     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
2963     \& }
2964     \&
2965     \& static void
2966     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
2967     \& {
2968     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
2969     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
2970     \& }
2971     \&
2972     \& ...
2973     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2974     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2975     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
2976 root 1.59 .Ve
2977 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2978     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2979 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
2980 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
2981 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
2982     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
2983 root 1.37 .PP
2984     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
2985     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
2986     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
2987     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
2988     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
2989     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
2990 root 1.1 .PP
2991     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
2992     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
2993     .PP
2994     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
2995     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
2996 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
2997 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
2998 root 1.50 .PP
2999 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3000     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
3001     .PP
3002     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
3003     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
3004     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
3005     lowest priority will do.
3006     .PP
3007     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
3008     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
3009     between different connections.
3010     .PP
3011     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3012     example.
3013     .PP
3014 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3015     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3016 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3017     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3018 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3019     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3020     believe me.
3021 root 1.9 .PP
3022 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3023     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3024     .PP
3025 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3026     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3027 root 1.9 .PP
3028 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3029 root 1.68 \& static void
3030 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3031 root 1.68 \& {
3032 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3033     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3034     \&
3035     \& // now we can free it
3036 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3037 root 1.93 \&
3038 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3039     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3040     \& }
3041     \&
3042 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3043 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3044 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3045 root 1.9 .Ve
3046 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3047     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3048 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3049 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3050 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3051     afterwards.
3052     .PP
3053 root 1.82 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or similar functions that enter
3054 root 1.20 the current event loop from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR
3055     watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine, however. The
3056     rationale behind this is that you do not need to check for recursion in
3057     those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking,
3058     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each kind they will always be
3059     called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3060     .PP
3061 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3062 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3063 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3064 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3065     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3066     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3067     watcher).
3068 root 1.1 .PP
3069 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3070     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3071     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3072     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3073     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3074     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3075     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3076     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3077 root 1.1 .PP
3078     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3079     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3080     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3081     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3082     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3083     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3084     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3085     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3086 root 1.45 .PP
3087 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3088     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3089     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3090     watchers).
3091 root 1.71 .PP
3092     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3093     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3094     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3095     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3096     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3097     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3098     others).
3099 root 1.50 .PP
3100 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3101     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3102     .PP
3103     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3104     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3105     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3106     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3107     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3108     connections have a chance of making progress.
3109     .PP
3110     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3111     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3112     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3113     .PP
3114     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3115     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3116     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3117     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3118     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3119     .PP
3120 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3121     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3122 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3123     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3124     .PD 0
3125     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3126     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3127     .PD
3128     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3129     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3130 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3131     pointless.
3132 root 1.9 .PP
3133 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3134     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3135     .PP
3136 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3137     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3138     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3139 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3140     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3141     Glib event loop).
3142 root 1.44 .PP
3143     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3144     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3145     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3146     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3147     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3148 root 1.20 .PP
3149     .Vb 2
3150 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3151     \& static ev_timer tw;
3152     \&
3153     \& static void
3154 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3155 root 1.68 \& {
3156     \& }
3157     \&
3158     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3159     \& static void
3160 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3161 root 1.68 \& {
3162     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3163     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3164     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3165     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3166     \&
3167     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3168 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3169 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3170 root 1.60 \&
3171 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3172     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3173     \& {
3174     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3175     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3176     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3177     \&
3178     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3179     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3180     \& }
3181     \& }
3182     \&
3183     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3184     \& static void
3185 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3186 root 1.68 \& {
3187     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3188     \&
3189     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3190     \& {
3191     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3192     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3193     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3194     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3195     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3196     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3197 root 1.60 \&
3198 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3199     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3200     \& }
3201     \&
3202     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3203     \& }
3204 root 1.20 .Ve
3205 root 1.44 .PP
3206     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3207     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3208     .PP
3209     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3210 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3211 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3212     .PP
3213     .Vb 5
3214 root 1.68 \& static void
3215     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3216     \& {
3217     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3218     \& update_now (EV_A);
3219     \&
3220     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3221     \& }
3222     \&
3223     \& static void
3224     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3225     \& {
3226     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3227     \& update_now (EV_A);
3228 root 1.60 \&
3229 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3230     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3231     \& }
3232     \&
3233     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3234 root 1.44 .Ve
3235     .PP
3236     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3237 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3238     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3239 root 1.100 main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV.\s0 The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3240 root 1.71 this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3241     libglib event loop.
3242 root 1.44 .PP
3243     .Vb 4
3244 root 1.68 \& static gint
3245     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3246     \& {
3247     \& int got_events = 0;
3248     \&
3249     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3250     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3251     \&
3252     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3253     \& // create/start timer
3254     \&
3255     \& // poll
3256 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3257 root 1.68 \&
3258     \& // stop timer again
3259     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3260     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3261 root 1.60 \&
3262 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3263     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3264     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3265     \&
3266     \& return got_events;
3267     \& }
3268 root 1.44 .Ve
3269 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3270     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3271 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3272 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3273 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3274     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3275 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3276 root 1.10 .PP
3277     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3278     prioritise I/O.
3279     .PP
3280     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3281     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3282     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3283 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3284     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3285     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3286     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3287     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3288     .PP
3289     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3290     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3291     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3292     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3293     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3294 root 1.10 .PP
3295 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3296     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3297     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3298     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3299     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3300     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3301     .PP
3302     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3303     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3304     .PP
3305     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3306     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3307     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3308     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3309 root 1.10 .PP
3310 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3311 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3312     portable one.
3313     .PP
3314     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3315     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3316     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3317 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3318 root 1.50 .PP
3319 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3320     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3321     .PP
3322     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3323     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3324     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3325     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3326     as applicable.
3327     .PP
3328 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3329     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3330 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3331     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3332 root 1.10 .PD 0
3333 root 1.97 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3334     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3335 root 1.10 .PD
3336 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3337     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3338     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3339     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3340 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3341 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3342     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3343     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3344 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3345 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3346 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3347     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3348 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3349 root 1.60 .PP
3350     \fIExamples\fR
3351     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3352     .PP
3353     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3354     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3355 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3356     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3357 root 1.60 used).
3358     .PP
3359     .Vb 3
3360 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3361     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3362 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3363 root 1.68 \&
3364     \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3365     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3366     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3367     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3368     \& : 0;
3369     \&
3370     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3371     \& if (loop_lo)
3372     \& {
3373     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3374     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3375     \& }
3376     \& else
3377     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3378 root 1.60 .Ve
3379     .PP
3380     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3381     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3382     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3383     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3384     .PP
3385     .Vb 3
3386 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3387     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3388 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3389 root 1.68 \&
3390     \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3391     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3392     \& {
3393     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3394     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3395     \& }
3396 root 1.60 \&
3397 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3398     \& loop_socket = loop;
3399 root 1.60 \&
3400 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3401 root 1.60 .Ve
3402 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3403     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3404 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3405     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3406     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3407 root 1.96 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the event loop blocks next
3408     and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called, and only in the child
3409     after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats
3410     and calls it in the wrong process, the fork handlers will be invoked, too,
3411     of course.
3412 root 1.51 .PP
3413 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3414     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3415     .PP
3416 root 1.82 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3417 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3418     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3419     .PP
3420     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3421     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3422     fork.
3423     .PP
3424     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3425     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3426     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3427     .PP
3428     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3429     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3430     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3431     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3432     .PP
3433     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3434     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3435     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3436     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3437     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3438     signal watchers).
3439     .PP
3440     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3441     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3442 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3443     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3444     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3445     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3446     signal watchers.
3447 root 1.78 .PP
3448 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3449     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3450 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3451     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3452 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3453     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3454 root 1.82 really.
3455     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3456     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3457     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3458     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3459     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3460     .PP
3461     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3462     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3463     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3464     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3465     .PP
3466     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3467     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3468     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3469     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3470     .PP
3471     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3472     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3473     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3474     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3475     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3476     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3477     pointless, I assure you.
3478     .PP
3479     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3480     cleanup functions are called.
3481     .PP
3482     .Vb 5
3483     \& static void
3484     \& program_exits (void)
3485     \& {
3486     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3487     \& }
3488     \&
3489     \& ...
3490     \& atexit (program_exits);
3491     .Ve
3492     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3493     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3494     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3495 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3496 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3497     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3498     .PP
3499 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3500     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3501     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3502     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3503 root 1.61 .PP
3504     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3505     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3506     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3507 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3508 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3509     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3510     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3511 root 1.61 .PP
3512     \fIQueueing\fR
3513     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3514     .PP
3515     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3516     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3517     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3518 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3519     semantics.
3520 root 1.61 .PP
3521     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3522 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3523 root 1.61 queue:
3524     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3525     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3526     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3527 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3528     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3529 root 1.61 .Sp
3530     .Vb 1
3531     \& static ev_async mysig;
3532     \&
3533     \& static void
3534     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3535     \& {
3536     \& sometype data;
3537     \&
3538     \& // no locking etc.
3539     \& queue_put (data);
3540     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3541     \& }
3542     \&
3543     \& static void
3544     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3545     \& {
3546     \& sometype data;
3547     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3548     \&
3549     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3550     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3551     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3552     \&
3553     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3554     \& process (data);
3555     \&
3556     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3557     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3558     \& }
3559     .Ve
3560     .Sp
3561     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3562     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3563     either...).
3564     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3565     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3566     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3567     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3568     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3569     .Sp
3570     .Vb 2
3571     \& static ev_async mysig;
3572     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3573     \&
3574     \& static void
3575     \& otherthread (void)
3576     \& {
3577     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3578     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3579     \& queue_put (data);
3580     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3581     \&
3582     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3583     \& }
3584     \&
3585     \& static void
3586     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3587     \& {
3588     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3589     \&
3590     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3591     \& process (data);
3592     \&
3593     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3594     \& }
3595     .Ve
3596     .PP
3597     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3598     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3599     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3600     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3601     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3602 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3603 root 1.71 trust me.
3604 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3605     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3606     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3607 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3608     returns.
3609     .Sp
3610     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3611     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3612     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3613 root 1.61 .Sp
3614 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3615 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3616     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3617     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3618     .Sp
3619     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3620     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3621     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3622     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3623     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3624     zero) under load.
3625 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3626     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3627     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3628     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3629     event loop.
3630     .Sp
3631     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3632     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3633     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3634 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3635 root 1.63 .Sp
3636 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3637     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3638     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3639     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3640 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3641     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3642     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3643     .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)" 4
3644     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)"
3645     This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3646 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3647 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3648     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3649     more watchers yourself.
3650     .Sp
3651 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3652     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3653     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3654 root 1.1 .Sp
3655     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3656     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3657 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3658 root 1.1 .Sp
3659 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3660 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3661 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3662 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3663     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3664     events precedence.
3665     .Sp
3666 root 1.100 Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO.\s0
3667 root 1.1 .Sp
3668     .Vb 7
3669 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3670     \& {
3671 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3672     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3673 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3674 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3675     \& }
3676 root 1.60 \&
3677 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3678 root 1.1 .Ve
3679 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3680     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3681 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3682 root 1.88 the given events.
3683 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3684     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3685 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3686     which is async-safe.
3687     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3688     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3689     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3690     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3691     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3692 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\s0"
3693 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3694     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3695     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3696     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3697     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3698     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3699     data:
3700     .PP
3701     .Vb 7
3702     \& struct my_io
3703     \& {
3704     \& ev_io io;
3705     \& int otherfd;
3706     \& void *somedata;
3707     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3708     \& };
3709     \&
3710     \& ...
3711     \& struct my_io w;
3712     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3713     .Ve
3714     .PP
3715     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3716     can cast it back to your own type:
3717     .PP
3718     .Vb 5
3719     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3720     \& {
3721     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3722     \& ...
3723     \& }
3724     .Ve
3725     .PP
3726     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3727     function type instead have been omitted.
3728 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\s0"
3729 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3730     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3731     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3732     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3733     .PP
3734     .Vb 6
3735     \& struct my_biggy
3736     \& {
3737     \& int some_data;
3738     \& ev_timer t1;
3739     \& ev_timer t2;
3740     \& }
3741     .Ve
3742     .PP
3743     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3744     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3745     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3746     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3747     real programmers):
3748     .PP
3749     .Vb 1
3750     \& #include <stddef.h>
3751     \&
3752     \& static void
3753     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3754     \& {
3755     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3756     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3757     \& }
3758     \&
3759     \& static void
3760     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3761     \& {
3762     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3763     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3764     \& }
3765     .Ve
3766 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING\s0"
3767 root 1.88 .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3768     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3769     .PP
3770     .Vb 4
3771     \& callback ()
3772     \& {
3773     \& free (request);
3774     \& }
3775     \&
3776     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3777     .Ve
3778     .PP
3779     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3780     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3781     .PP
3782     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3783     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3784     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3785     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3786     .PP
3787     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3788     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3789     .PP
3790     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3791     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3792     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3793     already been invoked.
3794     .PP
3795     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3796     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3797     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3798 root 1.97 delay invoking the callback by using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher for
3799     example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher and
3800     pushing it into the pending queue:
3801 root 1.88 .PP
3802     .Vb 2
3803     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3804     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3805     .Ve
3806     .PP
3807     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3808     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3809 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS\s0"
3810 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3811     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3812     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3813     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3814     .PP
3815     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3816     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3817     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3818     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3819 root 1.97 other combination: In these cases, a simple \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work.
3820 root 1.85 .PP
3821     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3822     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3823     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3824     .PP
3825     .Vb 2
3826     \& // main loop
3827     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3828     \&
3829     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3830     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3831     \&
3832 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3833 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3834     \&
3835     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3836     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3837     .Ve
3838     .PP
3839     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3840     .PP
3841     .Vb 2
3842     \& // exit modal loop
3843     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3844     \&
3845     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3846     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3847     \&
3848     \& // exit both
3849     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3850     .Ve
3851 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\s0"
3852 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3853     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3854     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3855     created/added/removed.
3856     .PP
3857     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3858     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3859     languages).
3860     .PP
3861     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3862     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3863     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3864     .PP
3865     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3866     .PP
3867     .Vb 6
3868     \& typedef struct {
3869     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3870     \& ev_async async_w;
3871     \& thread_t tid;
3872     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3873     \& } userdata;
3874     \&
3875     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3876     \& {
3877     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3878     \& static userdata u;
3879     \&
3880     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3881     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3882     \&
3883     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3884     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3885     \&
3886     \& // now associate this with the loop
3887     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3888     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3889     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3890     \&
3891 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3892 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3893     \& }
3894     .Ve
3895     .PP
3896     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3897     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3898     that might have been added:
3899     .PP
3900     .Vb 5
3901     \& static void
3902     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3903     \& {
3904     \& // just used for the side effects
3905     \& }
3906     .Ve
3907     .PP
3908     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
3909     protecting the loop data, respectively.
3910     .PP
3911     .Vb 6
3912     \& static void
3913     \& l_release (EV_P)
3914     \& {
3915     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3916     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3917     \& }
3918     \&
3919     \& static void
3920     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
3921     \& {
3922     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3923     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3924     \& }
3925     .Ve
3926     .PP
3927     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
3928     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
3929     .PP
3930     .Vb 4
3931     \& void *
3932     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
3933     \& {
3934     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
3935     \&
3936     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
3937     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
3938     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3939     \& l_release (EV_A);
3940     \&
3941     \& return 0;
3942     \& }
3943     .Ve
3944     .PP
3945     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
3946     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
3947     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
3948     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
3949     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
3950     watchers is very beneficial):
3951     .PP
3952     .Vb 4
3953     \& static void
3954     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
3955     \& {
3956     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3957     \&
3958     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
3959     \& {
3960     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
3961     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
3962     \& }
3963     \& }
3964     .Ve
3965     .PP
3966     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
3967     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
3968     thread to continue:
3969     .PP
3970     .Vb 4
3971     \& static void
3972     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
3973     \& {
3974     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3975     \&
3976     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3977     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
3978     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
3979     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3980     \& }
3981     .Ve
3982     .PP
3983     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
3984     event loop, you will now have to lock:
3985     .PP
3986     .Vb 2
3987     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
3988     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3989     \&
3990     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
3991     \&
3992     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3993     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
3994     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3995     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3996     .Ve
3997     .PP
3998     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
3999     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4000     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4001     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4002 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS\s0"
4003 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
4004     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
4005     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
4006     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
4007     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
4008     .PP
4009     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
4010     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
4011     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4012     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4013     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4014     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4015     .PP
4016     .Vb 2
4017     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4018     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4019     .Ve
4020     .PP
4021     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4022     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4023     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4024     .PP
4025     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4026     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4027     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4028     called):
4029     .PP
4030     .Vb 6
4031     \& void
4032     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4033     \& {
4034 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4035 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4036     \& }
4037     .Ve
4038     .PP
4039     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4040     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4041 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4042 root 1.85 .PP
4043     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4044     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4045     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4046     any waiters.
4047     .PP
4048 root 1.100 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
4049 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4050     .PP
4051     .Vb 4
4052     \& // my_ev.h
4053     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4054     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb);
4055     \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4056     \&
4057     \& // my_ev.c
4058     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4059     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4060     .Ve
4061     .PP
4062     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4063     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4064     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4065 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4066     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4067     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4068     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4069 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4070 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4071     .Sp
4072     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4073     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4074     .IP "\(bu" 4
4075 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4076     .IP "\(bu" 4
4077     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4078     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4079     .IP "\(bu" 4
4080     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4081     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4082     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4083     .IP "\(bu" 4
4084     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4085     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4086     is an ev_pri field.
4087     .IP "\(bu" 4
4088 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4089 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4090 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4091 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4092     .IP "\(bu" 4
4093     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4094     to use the libev header file and library.
4095 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4096     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4097 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4098     .IX Subsection "C API"
4099     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4100     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4101     will work fine.
4102     .PP
4103     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4104     to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all
4105 root 1.95 other callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodic
4106 root 1.92 reschedule callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`throw
4107     ()\*(C'\fR specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C
4108     and \*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_THROW\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4109     .PP
4110     .Vb 6
4111     \& static void
4112     \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_THROW
4113     \& {
4114     \& perror (msg);
4115     \& abort ();
4116     \& }
4117     \&
4118     \& ...
4119     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4120     .Ve
4121     .PP
4122     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4123 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4124 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4125     .PP
4126     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4127     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4128     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4129     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4130     .IX Subsection " API"
4131 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4132 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4133 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4134     .PP
4135     To use it,
4136     .PP
4137     .Vb 1
4138 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4139 root 1.13 .Ve
4140     .PP
4141 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4142     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4143     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4144     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4145     .PP
4146 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4147     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4148     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4149     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4150 root 1.41 .PP
4151 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4152     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4153     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4154     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4155     (preferably after implementing it).
4156 root 1.13 .PP
4157 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4158     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4159     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4160     .PP
4161 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4162 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4163 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4164     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4165     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4166     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4167 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4168 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4169     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4170     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4171 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4172 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4173     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4174     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4175     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4176     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4177 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4178 root 1.13 .Sp
4179     All of those classes have these methods:
4180     .RS 4
4181 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4182     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4183 root 1.13 .PD 0
4184 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4185     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4186 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4187     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4188     .PD
4189 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4190     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4191     .Sp
4192     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4193     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4194     .Sp
4195     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4196     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4197     .Sp
4198     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4199     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4200 root 1.13 .Sp
4201     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4202 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4203     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4204     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4205     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4206     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4207     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4208     .Sp
4209     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4210     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4211     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4212     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4213     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4214     .Sp
4215     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4216     .Sp
4217     .Vb 4
4218 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4219     \& {
4220     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4221     \& }
4222     \&
4223     \& myclass obj;
4224     \& ev::io iow;
4225     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4226 root 1.41 .Ve
4227 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4228     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4229     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4230     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4231     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4232     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4233     list.
4234     .Sp
4235     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4236     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4237     .Sp
4238     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4239     .Sp
4240     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4241     .Sp
4242     .Vb 7
4243     \& struct myfunctor
4244     \& {
4245     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4246     \& {
4247     \& ...
4248     \& }
4249     \& }
4250     \&
4251     \& myfunctor f;
4252     \&
4253     \& ev::io w;
4254     \& w.set (&f);
4255     .Ve
4256 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4257     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4258 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4259     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4260     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4261     .Sp
4262 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4263     .Sp
4264 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4265 root 1.43 .Sp
4266 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4267 root 1.43 .Sp
4268     .Vb 2
4269 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4270     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4271 root 1.43 .Ve
4272 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4273     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4274 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4275     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4276 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4277     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4278 root 1.96 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers>),
4279     with the same arguments. Either this method or a suitable start method
4280     must be called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher
4281     gets automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this
4282     method.
4283     .Sp
4284     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers this method is called \f(CW\*(C`set_embed\*(C'\fR, to avoid
4285     clashing with the \f(CW\*(C`set (loop)\*(C'\fR method.
4286 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4287     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4288 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4289     constructor already stores the event loop.
4290 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4291     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4292     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4293     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4294     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4295 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4296     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4297     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4298 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4299 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4300     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4301 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4302     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4303 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4304     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4305     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4306 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4307 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4308     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4309     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4310 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4311 root 1.13 .RE
4312     .RS 4
4313     .RE
4314     .PP
4315 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4316     watchers in the constructor.
4317 root 1.13 .PP
4318 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4319 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4320     \& {
4321 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4322 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4323 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4324 root 1.68 \&
4325     \& myclass (int fd)
4326     \& {
4327     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4328 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4329 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4330     \&
4331 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4332     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4333     \&
4334     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4335 root 1.68 \& }
4336     \& };
4337 root 1.13 .Ve
4338 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4339     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4340     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4341 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4342 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4343     me a note.
4344     .IP "Perl" 4
4345     .IX Item "Perl"
4346     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4347     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4348     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4349 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4350     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4351     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4352 root 1.62 .Sp
4353 root 1.100 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN,\s0 its homepage is at
4354 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4355 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4356     .IX Item "Python"
4357     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4358 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4359 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4360     .IX Item "Ruby"
4361     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4362 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4363 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4364     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4365 root 1.75 .Sp
4366     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4367     makes rev work even on mingw.
4368 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4369     .IX Item "Haskell"
4370     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4371 root 1.100 <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4372 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4373     .IX Item "D"
4374     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4375 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4376 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4377     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4378     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4379 root 1.100 <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4380 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4381     .IX Item "Lua"
4382 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4383     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4384 root 1.100 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4385 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4386     .IX Item "Javascript"
4387     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4388     .IP "Others" 4
4389     .IX Item "Others"
4390     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4391 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4392     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4393 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4394 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4395     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4396 root 1.24 .PP
4397     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4398     following macros are defined:
4399 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4400 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4401     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4402     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4403     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4404     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4405     .Sp
4406     .Vb 3
4407 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4408     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4409 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4410 root 1.24 .Ve
4411     .Sp
4412     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4413     which is often provided by the following macro.
4414 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4415 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4416     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4417     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4418     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4419     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4420     .Sp
4421     .Vb 2
4422 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4423     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4424 root 1.60 \&
4425 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4426     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4427 root 1.24 .Ve
4428     .Sp
4429     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4430     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4431 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4432 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4433     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4434     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4435 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4436     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4437     .Sp
4438     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4439     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4440 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4441 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4442     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4443     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4444     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4445     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4446     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4447     .Sp
4448     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4449     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4450 root 1.24 .PP
4451 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4452 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4453 root 1.36 or not.
4454 root 1.24 .PP
4455     .Vb 5
4456 root 1.68 \& static void
4457     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4458     \& {
4459     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4460     \& }
4461     \&
4462     \& ev_check check;
4463     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4464     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4465 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4466 root 1.24 .Ve
4467 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4468     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4469     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4470     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4471     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4472 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4473 root 1.14 .PP
4474 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4475 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4476     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4477     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4478 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4479 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4480     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4481 root 1.68 in your application.
4482 root 1.14 .PP
4483 root 1.100 \fI\s-1CORE EVENT LOOP\s0\fR
4484 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4485     .PP
4486     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4487     configuration (no autoconf):
4488     .PP
4489     .Vb 2
4490 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4491     \& #include "ev.c"
4492 root 1.14 .Ve
4493     .PP
4494     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4495     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4496 root 1.100 it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API \s0(best
4497 root 1.14 done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4498     where you can put other configuration options):
4499     .PP
4500     .Vb 2
4501 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4502     \& #include "ev.h"
4503 root 1.14 .Ve
4504     .PP
4505     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4506 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4507 root 1.14 as a bug).
4508     .PP
4509     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4510     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4511     .PP
4512     .Vb 4
4513 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4514     \& ev.c
4515     \& ev_vars.h
4516     \& ev_wrap.h
4517     \&
4518     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4519     \&
4520     \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled (which is enabled by default)
4521     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4522     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4523     \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4524     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4525 root 1.14 .Ve
4526     .PP
4527     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4528 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4529 root 1.14 .PP
4530 root 1.100 \fI\s-1LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API\s0\fR
4531 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4532     .PP
4533 root 1.100 To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API,\s0 also include:
4534 root 1.14 .PP
4535     .Vb 1
4536 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4537 root 1.14 .Ve
4538     .PP
4539     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4540     .PP
4541     .Vb 1
4542 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4543 root 1.14 .Ve
4544     .PP
4545 root 1.100 in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API.\s0 This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4546 root 1.14 .PP
4547     You need the following additional files for this:
4548     .PP
4549     .Vb 2
4550 root 1.68 \& event.h
4551     \& event.c
4552 root 1.14 .Ve
4553     .PP
4554 root 1.100 \fI\s-1AUTOCONF SUPPORT\s0\fR
4555 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4556     .PP
4557 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4558 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4559 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4560     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4561 root 1.14 .PP
4562     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4563     .PP
4564     .Vb 1
4565 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4566 root 1.14 .Ve
4567 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4568 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4569 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4570 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4571     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4572     .PP
4573 root 1.100 Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI,\s0 and can have different
4574 root 1.82 values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4575     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4576 root 1.100 to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI,\s0 which means all
4577 root 1.82 users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4578     settings.
4579 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3 \s0(h)" 4
4580 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4581     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4582     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4583     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4584     .Sp
4585     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4586     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4587     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4588     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4589     typedef in that case.
4590     .Sp
4591     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4592     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4593     removed completely.
4594 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE \s0(h)" 4
4595 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4596 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4597     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4598     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4599     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4600     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4601 root 1.75 .Sp
4602 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4603 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4604 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4605     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4606     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4607     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4608     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4609     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4610     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4611     this.
4612 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4613     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4614     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4615 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4616     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4617     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4618     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4619 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4620 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4621 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4622     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4623     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4624 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4625     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4626     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4627     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4628     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4629     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4630     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4631 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4632     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4633     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4634     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4635     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4636     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4637     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4638     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4639     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4640     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4641 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4642     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4643     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4644     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4645 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4646     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4647     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4648     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4649     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4650     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4651     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4652 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4653     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4654     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4655 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4656 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4657     will not be compiled in.
4658     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4659     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4660     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4661     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4662 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4663     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4664     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4665     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4666     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4667 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4668     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4669     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4670     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4671     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4672     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4673     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4674     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4675     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4676 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4677     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4678 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4679     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4680     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4681     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4682     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4683 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4684     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4685     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4686     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4687     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4688     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4689     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4690     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4691     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4692     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4693     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4694     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4695 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4696     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4697     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4698     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4699     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4700 root 1.95 environments.
4701 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4702     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4703     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4704     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4705     takes precedence over select.
4706     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4707     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4708     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4709     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4710 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4711     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4712     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4713 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4714     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4715     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4716     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4717     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4718     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4719     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4720     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4721     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4722 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4723 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4724     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4725     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4726     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4727     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4728     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4729     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4730     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4731     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4732 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4733 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4734     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4735     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4736     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4737 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4738     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4739 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4740     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4741     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4742     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4743     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4744     and makes libev faster.
4745     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4746     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4747 root 1.98 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called from
4748     different threads (that includes signal handlers), which is a stronger
4749     assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR, above. This reduces dependencies and makes
4750     libev faster.
4751 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4752     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4753     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4754 root 1.96 access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No
4755     such type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own
4756     type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal
4757     handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
4758     watchers.
4759 root 1.61 .Sp
4760 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4761 root 1.96 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4762 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_H \s0(h)" 4
4763 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4764 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4765 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4766     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4767 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H \s0(h)" 4
4768 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4769 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4770     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4771     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4772 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H \s0(h)" 4
4773 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4774 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4775 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4776 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES \s0(h)" 4
4777 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4778 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4779     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4780     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4781     around libev functions.
4782     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4783     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4784     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4785     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4786     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4787     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4788     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4789 root 1.88 .Sp
4790     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4791     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4792     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4793 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4794     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4795     .PD 0
4796     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4797     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4798     .PD
4799     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4800     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4801     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4802     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4803     .Sp
4804     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4805     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4806     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4807     fine.
4808     .Sp
4809 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4810 root 1.100 both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU.\s0
4811     .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.\s0" 4
4812 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4813     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4814     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4815     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4816     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4817     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4818 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4819 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4820     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4821     that can be enabled on the platform.
4822     .Sp
4823     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4824     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4825     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4826     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4827     backend, use this:
4828     .Sp
4829     .Vb 5
4830     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4831     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4832     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4833     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4834     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4835     .Ve
4836     .Sp
4837     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4838 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4839 root 1.82 .RS 4
4840     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4841     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4842     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4843     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4844     .Sp
4845     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4846     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4847     .Sp
4848     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4849     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4850     assertions.
4851 root 1.91 .Sp
4852     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4853     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4854 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4855     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4856     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4857     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4858     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4859     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4860     runtime.
4861 root 1.91 .Sp
4862     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4863     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4864 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4865     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4866     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4867     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4868     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4869     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4870     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4871     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4872     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4873     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4874     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4875     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4876     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4877     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4878     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4879     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4880     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4881     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4882     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4883     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4884     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4885     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4886     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4887     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4888     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4889     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4890     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4891     default.
4892     .RE
4893     .RS 4
4894     .Sp
4895     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4896     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4897     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4898     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4899     .Sp
4900     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4901     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
4902     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
4903     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
4904     .RE
4905 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
4906     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
4907     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
4908     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
4909     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
4910     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
4911     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
4912     .Sp
4913     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
4914     wants to use libev.
4915     .Sp
4916     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
4917     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
4918 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
4919     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
4920     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
4921     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
4922     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
4923     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
4924     big.
4925     .Sp
4926     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
4927     enabled.
4928 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
4929     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
4930     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
4931     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
4932     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
4933     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
4934 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
4935 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
4936 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4937     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
4938     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4939 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
4940     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
4941     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
4942 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4943     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
4944 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4945 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
4946     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
4947     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
4948     power of two).
4949 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
4950     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
4951     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4952 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
4953     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
4954     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
4955 root 1.65 .Sp
4956 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4957     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4958 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
4959     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
4960     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4961 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
4962 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
4963     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
4964 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
4965 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
4966 root 1.65 .Sp
4967 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4968     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4969 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
4970     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
4971 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
4972 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
4973     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
4974     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
4975     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
4976     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
4977     libev considerably.
4978     .Sp
4979 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4980     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4981 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
4982     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
4983     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
4984 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
4985 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
4986     though, and it must be identical each time.
4987     .Sp
4988     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
4989     .Sp
4990     .Vb 3
4991 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
4992     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
4993     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
4994 root 1.14 .Ve
4995 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE \s0(type)" 4
4996 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
4997 root 1.14 .PD 0
4998 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE \s0(watcher, revents)" 4
4999 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
5000     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
5001     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
5002 root 1.14 .PD
5003     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
5004     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
5005 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
5006 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
5007 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
5008     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
5009 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED API SYMBOLS\s0"
5010 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
5011 root 1.100 If you need to re-export the \s-1API \s0(e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
5012 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
5013     all public symbols, one per line:
5014 root 1.60 .PP
5015 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5016 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5017     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5018 root 1.53 .Ve
5019 root 1.60 .PP
5020 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5021     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5022 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5023 root 1.60 .PP
5024 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5025 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5026 root 1.60 .PP
5027 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5028 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5029 root 1.53 .Ve
5030 root 1.60 .PP
5031 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5032 root 1.60 .PP
5033 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5034     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5035     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5036     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5037     \& ...
5038     .Ve
5039 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5040 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5041     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5042     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5043     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5044     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5045     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5046     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5047     file.
5048 root 1.60 .PP
5049 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5050 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5051 root 1.60 .PP
5052 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5053     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5054     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5055     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5056     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5057     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5058     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5059     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5060 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5061 root 1.60 \&
5062 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5063 root 1.14 .Ve
5064 root 1.60 .PP
5065 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5066 root 1.60 .PP
5067 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5068 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5069     \& #include "ev.c"
5070 root 1.14 .Ve
5071 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5072     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5073 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS AND COROUTINES\s0"
5074 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5075     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5076 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5077 root 1.72 .PP
5078 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5079 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5080     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5081     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5082     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5083     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5084 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5085     .PP
5086     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5087     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5088     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5089     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5090     a mutex per loop).
5091     .PP
5092     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5093     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5094     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5095     outside\*(R".
5096 root 1.64 .PP
5097 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5098     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5099 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5100 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5101     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5102 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5103 root 1.64 .Sp
5104     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5105     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5106     .IP "\(bu" 4
5107     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5108     .Sp
5109     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5110     exists, but it is always a good start.
5111     .IP "\(bu" 4
5112     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5113 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5114 root 1.64 .Sp
5115 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5116 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5117     .IP "\(bu" 4
5118     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5119 root 1.71 event loop.
5120     .Sp
5121     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5122     (or from signal contexts...).
5123     .Sp
5124     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5125     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5126     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5127     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5128 root 1.72 .PP
5129 root 1.100 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\*(R"\s0.
5130 root 1.79 .PP
5131 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5132 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5133 root 1.72 .PP
5134     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5135     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5136 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5137 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5138     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5139     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5140 root 1.64 .PP
5141 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5142 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5143 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5144 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1COMPILER WARNINGS\s0"
5145 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5146     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5147     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5148     scared by this.
5149     .PP
5150     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5151     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5152     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5153     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5154     .PP
5155     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5156     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5157     maintainable.
5158     .PP
5159     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5160     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5161     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5162 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5163 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5164     such buggy versions.
5165     .PP
5166     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5167     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5168     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5169     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5170     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5171 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5172 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5173     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5174     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5175     .PP
5176     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5177     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5178     .PP
5179     .Vb 3
5180     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5181     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5182     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5183     .Ve
5184     .PP
5185     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5186 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5187 root 1.72 .PP
5188     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5189     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5190     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5191     confused.
5192     .PP
5193     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5194     make it into some kind of religion.
5195     .PP
5196     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5197     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5198     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5199     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5200     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5201 root 1.60 .PP
5202 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5203     I suggest using suppression lists.
5204     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5205     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5206 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS\s0"
5207 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5208     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5209     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5210     .PP
5211     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5212     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5213     .PP
5214     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5215 root 1.100 by enabling the large file \s-1API,\s0 which makes them incompatible with the
5216 root 1.82 standard libev compiled for their system.
5217     .PP
5218     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5219     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5220     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5221 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS\s0"
5222 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5223     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5224     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5225     OpenGL drivers.
5226     .PP
5227     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5228     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5229     .PP
5230     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5231     only sockets, many support pipes.
5232     .PP
5233     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5234     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5235     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5236     probably going to work well.
5237     .PP
5238     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5239     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5240     .PP
5241     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5242     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5243     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5244     .PP
5245     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5246     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5247     a loop.
5248     .PP
5249     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5250     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5251     .PP
5252     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5253 root 1.100 one up as well: On \s-1OS/X, \s0\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5254 root 1.82 descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5255     you use more.
5256     .PP
5257     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5258     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5259 root 1.100 work on \s-1OS/X.\s0
5260     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5261 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5262     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5263     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5264     .PP
5265     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5266     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5267     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5268     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5269     .PP
5270     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5271     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5272     .PP
5273     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5274     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5275     .PP
5276     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5277     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5278     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5279     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5280     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5281     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5282     great.
5283     .PP
5284     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5285     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5286     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5287 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AIX POLL BUG\s0"
5288 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5289     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5290     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5291     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5292 root 1.100 with large bitsets on \s-1AIX,\s0 and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5293     .SS "\s-1WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5294 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5295 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5296     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5297     .PP
5298 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5299     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5300     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5301     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5302     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5303 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5304 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5305 root 1.82 environment.
5306 root 1.60 .PP
5307 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5308 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5309     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5310     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5311 root 1.65 .PP
5312 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5313     embedding it into other applications.
5314     .PP
5315 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5316     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5317     .PP
5318 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5319     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5320     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5321     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5322 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5323 root 1.68 available).
5324     .PP
5325 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5326     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5327     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5328     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5329 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5330 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5331 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5332 root 1.68 .PP
5333     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5334     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5335     of \fIev.h\fR:
5336     .PP
5337     .Vb 2
5338     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5339     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5340     \&
5341     \& #include "ev.h"
5342     .Ve
5343     .PP
5344     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5345 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5346 root 1.68 .PP
5347     .Vb 2
5348     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5349     \& #include "ev.c"
5350     .Ve
5351 root 1.82 .PP
5352     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5353     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5354     .PP
5355 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5356     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5357     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5358 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5359     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5360 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5361     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5362 root 1.82 .PP
5363 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5364 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5365 root 1.82 .PP
5366 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5367 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5368     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5369 root 1.60 .Ve
5370 root 1.82 .PP
5371 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5372 root 1.100 complexity in the O(nX) range when using win32.
5373 root 1.82 .PP
5374     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5375     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5376     .PP
5377 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5378 root 1.82 .PP
5379 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5380     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5381 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5382 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5383 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5384 root 1.82 .PP
5385 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5386     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5387 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5388     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5389 root 1.82 .PP
5390 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5391 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5392     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5393     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5394     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5395     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5396     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5397     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5398 root 1.100 the cost of calling select (O(nX)) will likely make this unworkable.
5399     .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5400 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5401     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5402     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5403 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5404 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5405     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5406     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5407 root 1.100 structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO C\s0 for example), but it also
5408 root 1.68 assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5409     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5410     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5411 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5412     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5413     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5414     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5415 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5416     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5417     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5418     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5419 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5420 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5421     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5422     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5423     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5424     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5425     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5426     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5427     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5428     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5429     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5430     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5431     .Sp
5432     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5433 root 1.96 except the initial one, and run the signal handling loop in the initial
5434     thread as well.
5435 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5436     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5437     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5438 root 1.100 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API,\s0 libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5439 root 1.72 instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5440     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5441     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5442     watchers.
5443 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5444     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5445     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5446     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5447 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5448     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5449     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5450 root 1.100 implementations using \s-1IEEE 754,\s0 which is basically all existing ones.
5451 root 1.88 .Sp
5452 root 1.100 With \s-1IEEE 754\s0 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5453 root 1.88 year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5454     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5455     something like that, just kidding).
5456 root 1.65 .PP
5457     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5458 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5459     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5460     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5461     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5462     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5463 root 1.67 .PP
5464 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5465     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5466     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5467     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5468     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5469     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5470     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5471     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5472     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5473     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5474     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5475     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5476     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5477     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5478     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5479     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5480     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5481     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5482     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5483     .PD 0
5484     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5485     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5486     .PD
5487     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5488     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5489     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5490     is rare).
5491     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5492     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5493     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5494     fixed position in the storage array.
5495     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5496     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5497     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5498     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5499     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5500     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5501     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5502     .PD 0
5503     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5504     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5505     .PD
5506     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5507     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5508     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5509     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5510     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5511     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5512     .PD 0
5513     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5514     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5515     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5516     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5517     .PD
5518     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5519 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5520     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5521     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5522 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5523     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5524 root 1.100 The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API.\s0
5525 root 1.82 .PP
5526     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5527     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5528     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5529     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5530     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5531     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5532     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5533     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5534 root 1.100 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\*(R"\s0 in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0
5535 root 1.82 section.
5536     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5537     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5538     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5539     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5540     .Sp
5541     .Vb 2
5542     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5543     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5544     .Ve
5545     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5546     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5547     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5548     .Sp
5549     .Vb 3
5550     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5551     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5552     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5553     \&
5554     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5555     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5556     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5557     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5558     \&
5559     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5560     \&
5561     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5562     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5563     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5564     .Ve
5565     .Sp
5566     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5567     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5568     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5569     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5570     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5571     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5572     typedef.
5573     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5574     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5575     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5576     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5577     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5578     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5579 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5580     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5581     .IP "active" 4
5582     .IX Item "active"
5583 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5584 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5585 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5586     .IX Item "application"
5587     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5588 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5589     .IX Item "backend"
5590     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5591 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5592     .IX Item "callback"
5593     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5594     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5595     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5596 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5597     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5598 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5599     .IP "event" 4
5600     .IX Item "event"
5601     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5602     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5603     any other events happening anymore.
5604     .Sp
5605     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5606 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5607 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5608     .IX Item "event library"
5609     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5610     .IP "event loop" 4
5611     .IX Item "event loop"
5612     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5613     into callback invocations.
5614     .IP "event model" 4
5615     .IX Item "event model"
5616     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5617     watchers and events.
5618     .IP "pending" 4
5619     .IX Item "pending"
5620 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5621 root 1.100 detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5622 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5623     .IX Item "real time"
5624     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5625     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5626     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5627     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5628 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5629 root 1.78 clock.
5630     .IP "watcher" 4
5631     .IX Item "watcher"
5632     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5633     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5634 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5635     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5636 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5637 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.